/* ELF executable support for BFD. Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ /* SECTION ELF backends BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on. Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386 (running svr4 or Solaris 2). Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we haven't bothered yet. */ /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */ #define _SYSCALL32 #include "sysdep.h" #include "bfd.h" #include "bfdlink.h" #include "libbfd.h" #define ARCH_SIZE 0 #include "elf-bfd.h" #include "libiberty.h" #include "safe-ctype.h" #include "elf-linux-core.h" #ifdef CORE_HEADER #include CORE_HEADER #endif static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *); static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *); static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *); static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ; static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ; static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset); /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will need to move into elfcode.h. */ /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Verdef *src, Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst) { dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version); dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags); dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx); dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt); dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash); dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux); dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next); } /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src, Elf_External_Verdef *dst) { H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version); H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags); H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx); H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next); } /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Verdaux *src, Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst) { dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name); dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next); } /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src, Elf_External_Verdaux *dst) { H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next); } /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Verneed *src, Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst) { dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version); dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt); dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file); dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux); dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next); } /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src, Elf_External_Verneed *dst) { H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version); H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next); } /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Vernaux *src, Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst) { dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash); dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags); dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other); dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name); dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next); } /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src, Elf_External_Vernaux *dst) { H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash); H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags); H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name); H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next); } /* Swap in a Versym structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Versym *src, Elf_Internal_Versym *dst) { dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers); } /* Swap out a Versym structure. */ void _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Versym *src, Elf_External_Versym *dst) { H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers); } /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ unsigned long bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg) { const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; unsigned long h = 0; unsigned long g; int ch; while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') { h = (h << 4) + ch; if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0) { h ^= g >> 24; /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */ h ^= g; } } return h & 0xffffffff; } /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */ unsigned long bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg) { const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg; unsigned long h = 5381; unsigned char ch; while ((ch = *name++) != '\0') h = (h << 5) + h + ch; return h & 0xffffffff; } /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */ bfd_boolean bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd, size_t object_size, enum elf_target_id object_id) { BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata)); abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size); if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL) return FALSE; elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id; if (abfd->direction != read_direction) { struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o); if (o == NULL) return FALSE; elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o; elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1; } return TRUE; } bfd_boolean bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata), bed->target_id); } bfd_boolean bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd) { /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */ if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd)) return FALSE; elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core)); return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL; } static char * bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) { Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL; file_ptr offset; bfd_size_type shstrtabsize; i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); if (i_shdrp == 0 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd) || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0) return NULL; shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents; if (shstrtab == NULL) { /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */ offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset; shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size; /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes in case the string table is not terminated. */ if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL) shstrtab = NULL; else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize) { if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call) bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated); bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab); shstrtab = NULL; /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for the string table over and over. */ i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0; } else shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0'; i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab; } return (char *) shstrtab; } char * bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex, unsigned int strindex) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; if (strindex == 0) return ""; if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) return NULL; hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; if (hdr->contents == NULL) { if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS) { /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */ _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"), abfd, shindex); return NULL; } if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL) return NULL; } if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size) { unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx; (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"), abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size, (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name ? ".shstrtab" : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name))); return NULL; } return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex; } /* Read and convert symbols to internal format. SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively. Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary) or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */ Elf_Internal_Sym * bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, size_t symcount, size_t symoffset, Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf, void *extsym_buf, Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr; void *alloc_ext; const bfd_byte *esym; Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx; Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx; Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym; Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; size_t extsym_size; bfd_size_type amt; file_ptr pos; if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) abort (); if (symcount == 0) return intsym_buf; /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */ shndx_hdr = NULL; if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL) { elf_section_list * entry; Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd); /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */ for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr) { shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr; break; }; if (shndx_hdr == NULL) { if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd)) /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */ shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr; /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that the index table will not be needed. */ } } /* Read the symbols. */ alloc_ext = NULL; alloc_extshndx = NULL; alloc_intsym = NULL; bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym; amt = symcount * extsym_size; pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size; if (extsym_buf == NULL) { alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size); extsym_buf = alloc_ext; } if (extsym_buf == NULL || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) { intsym_buf = NULL; goto out; } if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0) extshndx_buf = NULL; else { amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); if (extshndx_buf == NULL) { alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *) bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx; } if (extshndx_buf == NULL || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt) { intsym_buf = NULL; goto out; } } if (intsym_buf == NULL) { alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym)); intsym_buf = alloc_intsym; if (intsym_buf == NULL) goto out; } /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */ isymend = intsym_buf + symcount; for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf, shndx = extshndx_buf; isym < isymend; esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL) if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym)) { symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size; (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references " "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"), ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset); if (alloc_intsym != NULL) free (alloc_intsym); intsym_buf = NULL; goto out; } out: if (alloc_ext != NULL) free (alloc_ext); if (alloc_extshndx != NULL) free (alloc_extshndx); return intsym_buf; } /* Look up a symbol name. */ const char * bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr, Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, asection *sym_sec) { const char *name; unsigned int iname = isym->st_name; unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link; if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */ && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd)) { iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name; shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx; } name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname); if (name == NULL) name = "(null)"; else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0') name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec); return name; } /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section pointers. */ typedef union elf_internal_group { Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr; unsigned int flags; } Elf_Internal_Group; /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the signature just a string? */ static const char * group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; Elf_Internal_Sym isym; /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure that it is a symbol table section. */ if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd)) return NULL; hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link]; if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link)) return NULL; /* Go read the symbol. */ hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info, &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL) return NULL; return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL); } /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */ static bfd_boolean setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect) { unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */ if (num_group == 0) { unsigned int i, shnum; /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */ shnum = elf_numsections (abfd); num_group = 0; #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \ ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \ && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \ && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \ && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0) for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) num_group += 1; } if (num_group == 0) { num_group = (unsigned) -1; elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; } else { /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections, so we can find them quickly. */ bfd_size_type amt; elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL) return FALSE; num_group = 0; for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) { unsigned char *src; Elf_Internal_Group *dest; /* Add to list of sections. */ elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr; num_group += 1; /* Read the raw contents. */ BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4); amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4; shdr->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4); /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */ if (shdr->contents == NULL) { _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); -- num_group; continue; } memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd) != shdr->sh_size)) { _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); -- num_group; /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */ memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt); continue; } /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an array of elf section indices all in target byte order, to the flag word followed by an array of elf section pointers. */ src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size; dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt); while (1) { unsigned int idx; src -= 4; --dest; idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src); if (src == shdr->contents) { dest->flags = idx; if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT)) shdr->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; break; } if (idx >= shnum) { ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd)); idx = 0; } dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx]; } } } /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */ if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group) { elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group; /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */ if (num_group == 0) { elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL; elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1; (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); } } } } if (num_group != (unsigned) -1) { unsigned int i; for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; /* Look through this group's sections to see if current section is a member. */ while (--n_elt != 0) if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr) { asection *s = NULL; /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through other members to see if any others are linked via next_in_group. */ idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; while (--n_elt != 0) if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) break; if (n_elt != 0) { /* Snarf the group name from other member, and insert current section in circular list. */ elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s); elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s); elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect; } else { const char *gname; gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr); if (gname == NULL) return FALSE; elf_group_name (newsect) = gname; /* Start a circular list with one element. */ elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect; } /* If the group section has been created, point to the new member. */ if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL) elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect; i = num_group - 1; break; } } } if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"), abfd, newsect); return FALSE; } return TRUE; } bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd) { unsigned int i; unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group; bfd_boolean result = TRUE; asection *s; /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr; if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) { unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link; /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation where elfsec is 0. */ if (elfsec == 0) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->link_order_error_handler) bed->link_order_error_handler (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), abfd, s); } else { asection *linksec = NULL; if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd)) { this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]; linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section; } /* PR 1991, 2008: Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */ if (linksec == NULL) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"), s->owner, s, elfsec); result = FALSE; } elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec; } } } /* Process section groups. */ if (num_group == (unsigned) -1) return result; for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i]; Elf_Internal_Group *idx; unsigned int n_elt; /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */ if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"), abfd, i); result = FALSE; continue; } idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents; n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4; while (--n_elt != 0) if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section; else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL) /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in output object files. We adjust the group section size here so that relocatable link will work correctly when relocation sections are in section group in input object files. */ shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4; else { /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"), abfd, (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type, bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, (elf_elfheader (abfd) ->e_shstrndx), idx->shdr->sh_name), shdr->bfd_section->name); result = FALSE; } } return result; } bfd_boolean bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec) { return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL; } static char * convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name) { unsigned int len = strlen (name); char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2); if (new_name == NULL) return NULL; new_name[0] = '.'; new_name[1] = 'z'; memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len); return new_name; } static char * convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name) { unsigned int len = strlen (name); char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (new_name == NULL) return NULL; new_name[0] = '.'; memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1); return new_name; } /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, const char *name, int shindex) { asection *newsect; flagword flags; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) return TRUE; newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name); if (newsect == NULL) return FALSE; hdr->bfd_section = newsect; elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr; elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex; /* Always use the real type/flags. */ elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type; elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags; newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset; if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr) || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size) || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect, bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign))) return FALSE; flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP) flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE; if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) { flags |= SEC_ALLOC; if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) flags |= SEC_LOAD; } if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0) flags |= SEC_READONLY; if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) flags |= SEC_CODE; else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) flags |= SEC_DATA; if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0) { flags |= SEC_MERGE; newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize; if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0) flags |= SEC_STRINGS; } if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP) if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect)) return FALSE; if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0) flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL; if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0) flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) { /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name, not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */ if (name [0] == '.') { const char *p; int n; if (name[1] == 'd') p = ".debug", n = 6; else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n') p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17; else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd') p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */ else if (name[1] == 'l') p = ".line", n = 5; else if (name[1] == 's') p = ".stab", n = 5; else if (name[1] == 'z') p = ".zdebug", n = 7; else p = NULL, n = 0; if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0) flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING; } } /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section. The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard all but one of the sections. */ if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce") && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL) flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags) if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr)) return FALSE; if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags)) return FALSE; /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted. PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE) { bfd_byte *contents; if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents)) return FALSE; elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1); free (contents); } if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) { Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr; unsigned int i, nload; /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */ phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) if (phdr->p_paddr != 0) break; else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0) ++nload; if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1) return TRUE; phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++) { if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS) && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr)) { if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr); else /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD sections, but that doesn't work if the segment is packed with code from multiple VMAs. Instead we calculate the section LMA based on the segment LMA. It is assumed that the segment will contain sections with contiguous LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */ newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset); /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file offsets whether a section with zero size should be placed at the end of one segment or the beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */ if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz)) break; } } } /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */ if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_') || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_'))) { enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing; int compression_header_size; bfd_size_type uncompressed_size; bfd_boolean compressed = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect, &compression_header_size, &uncompressed_size); if (compressed) { /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */ if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS)) action = decompress; } /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug* section. Check if we should compress. */ if (action == nothing) { if (newsect->size != 0 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && compression_header_size >= 0 && uncompressed_size > 0 && (!compressed || ((compression_header_size > 0) != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))) action = compress; else return TRUE; } if (action == compress) { if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect)) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"), abfd, name); return FALSE; } } else { if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect)) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"), abfd, name); return FALSE; } } if (abfd->is_linker_input) { if (name[1] == 'z' && (action == decompress || (action == compress && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))) { /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so that linker will consider this section as a debug section. */ char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name); if (new_name == NULL) return FALSE; bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name); } } else /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay section rename to elf_fake_sections. */ newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME; } return TRUE; } const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = { "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB", "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE", "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM", }; /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing relocatable output against an external symbol. */ bfd_reloc_status_type bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { if (output_bfd != NULL && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace || reloc_entry->addend == 0)) { reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; return bfd_reloc_ok; } return bfd_reloc_continue; } /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to another. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) { if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) return TRUE; if (!elf_flags_init (obfd)) { elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; } elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd); /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */ elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI]; /* Copy object attributes. */ _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd); /* This is an feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug: When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be matched up with the original. */ Elf_Internal_Shdr ** iheaders = elf_elfsections (ibfd); Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd); if (iheaders != NULL && oheaders != NULL) { unsigned int i; for (i = 0; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++) { unsigned int j; Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i]; if (oheader == NULL || oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS || oheader->sh_size == 0 || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0)) continue; /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd. FIXME: We could use something better than a linear scan here. Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */ for (j = 0; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j]; /* Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any input type. */ if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type) && iheader->sh_flags == oheader->sh_flags && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link)) { /* Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong. The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in the same location as they were in the input BFD. But the whole point of this action is to preserve the original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so that they can be matched up with the section headers in the original file. So strictly speaking we may be creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file that just contains debug info and only for sections without any contents. */ if (oheader->sh_link == 0) oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link; if (oheader->sh_info == 0) oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info; break; } } } } return TRUE; } static const char * get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type) { const char *pt; switch (p_type) { case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break; case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break; case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break; case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break; case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break; case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break; case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break; case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break; case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break; case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break; case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break; default: pt = NULL; break; } return pt; } /* Print out the program headers. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg) { FILE *f = (FILE *) farg; Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; asection *s; bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL; p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; if (p != NULL) { unsigned int i, c; fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n")); c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++) { const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type); char buf[20]; if (pt == NULL) { sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type); pt = buf; } fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt); bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset); fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x"); bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr); fprintf (f, " paddr 0x"); bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr); fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align)); fprintf (f, " filesz 0x"); bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz); fprintf (f, " memsz 0x"); bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz); fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c", (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-', (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-', (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-'); if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0) fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)); fprintf (f, "\n"); } } s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); if (s != NULL) { unsigned int elfsec; unsigned long shlink; bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend; size_t extdynsize; void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *); fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n")); if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf)) goto error_return; elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s); if (elfsec == SHN_BAD) goto error_return; shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link; extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn; swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in; extdyn = dynbuf; /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */ if (s->size < extdynsize) goto error_return; extdynend = extdyn + s->size; /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664. Fix range check. */ for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize) { Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; const char *name = ""; char ab[20]; bfd_boolean stringp; const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn); if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL) break; stringp = FALSE; switch (dyn.d_tag) { default: if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag); if (!strcmp (name, "")) { sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag); name = ab; } break; case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break; case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break; case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break; case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break; case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break; case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break; case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break; case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break; case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break; case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break; case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break; case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break; case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break; case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break; case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break; case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break; case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break; case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break; case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break; case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break; case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break; case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break; case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break; case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break; case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break; case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break; case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break; case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break; case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break; case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break; case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break; case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break; case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break; case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break; case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break; case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break; case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break; case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break; case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break; case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break; case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break; case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break; case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break; case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break; case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break; case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break; case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break; case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break; case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break; } fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name); if (! stringp) { fprintf (f, "0x"); bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val); } else { const char *string; unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val; string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv); if (string == NULL) goto error_return; fprintf (f, "%s", string); } fprintf (f, "\n"); } free (dynbuf); dynbuf = NULL; } if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)) { if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE)) return FALSE; } if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) { Elf_Internal_Verdef *t; fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n")); for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef) { fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx, t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash, t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : ""); if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL) { Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a; fprintf (f, "\t"); for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr; a != NULL; a = a->vda_nextptr) fprintf (f, "%s ", a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : ""); fprintf (f, "\n"); } } } if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) { Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n")); for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) { Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"), t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : ""); for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash, a->vna_flags, a->vna_other, a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : ""); } } return TRUE; error_return: if (dynbuf != NULL) free (dynbuf); return FALSE; } /* Get version string. */ const char * _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol, bfd_boolean *hidden) { const char *version_string = NULL; if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)) { unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version; *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0; vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION; if (vernum == 0) version_string = ""; else if (vernum == 1) version_string = "Base"; else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs) version_string = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename; else { Elf_Internal_Verneed *t; version_string = ""; for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref) { Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a; for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr) { if (a->vna_other == vernum) { version_string = a->vna_nodename; break; } } } } } return version_string; } /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */ void bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd, void *filep, asymbol *symbol, bfd_print_symbol_type how) { FILE *file = (FILE *) filep; switch (how) { case bfd_print_symbol_name: fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name); break; case bfd_print_symbol_more: fprintf (file, "elf "); bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value); fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags); break; case bfd_print_symbol_all: { const char *section_name; const char *name = NULL; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; unsigned char st_other; bfd_vma val; const char *version_string; bfd_boolean hidden; section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)"; bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol); if (name == NULL) { name = symbol->name; bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol); } fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name); /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols, we've already printed the size; now print the alignment. For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and we've printed the address; now print the size. */ if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value; else val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val); /* If we have version information, print it. */ version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd, symbol, &hidden); if (version_string) { if (!hidden) fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string); else { int i; fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string); for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i) putc (' ', file); } } /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */ st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other; switch (st_other) { case 0: break; case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break; case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break; case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break; default: /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print everything hex. */ fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other); } fprintf (file, " %s", name); } break; } } /* ELF .o/exec file reading */ /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */ bfd_boolean bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; const char *name; bfd_boolean ret = TRUE; static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL; static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL; static unsigned int nesting = 0; if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)) return FALSE; if (++ nesting > 3) { /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries can expect to recurse at least once. FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd, rather than being held in a static pointer. */ if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd) sections_being_created = NULL; if (sections_being_created == NULL) { /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */ sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean)); sections_being_created_abfd = abfd; } if (sections_being_created [shindex]) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd); return FALSE; } sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE; } hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex]; ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd); name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx, hdr->sh_name); if (name == NULL) goto fail; bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); switch (hdr->sh_type) { case SHT_NULL: /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */ goto success; case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */ case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */ case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */ case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */ case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */ case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */ case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */ case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */ case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */ if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) goto fail; if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd)) { /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */ switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) { case bfd_arch_i386: case bfd_arch_sparc: if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */ || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */) break; /* Otherwise fall through. */ default: goto fail; } } else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL) goto fail; else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr; /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) { dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]; hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; } else { unsigned int i, num_sec; num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) { dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) { hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link; break; } } } } goto success; case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex) goto success; if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) goto fail; if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) { if (hdr->sh_size != 0) goto fail; /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ hdr->sh_info = 0; goto success; } /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table. Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"), abfd, shindex); goto success; } elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex; elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr; elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the linker. */ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) goto fail; /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It is most likely specified by the next section header. */ { elf_section_list * entry; unsigned int i, num_sec; for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex) goto success; num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) break; } if (i == num_sec) for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX && hdr2->sh_link == shindex) break; } if (i != shindex) ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i); /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */ goto success; } case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex) goto success; if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym) goto fail; if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size) { if (hdr->sh_size != 0) goto fail; /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */ hdr->sh_info = 0; goto success; } /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table. Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */ if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"), abfd, shindex); goto success; } elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex; elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr; elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS; /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */ { elf_section_list * entry; for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next) if (entry->ndx == shindex) goto success; entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof * entry); if (entry == NULL) goto fail; entry->ndx = shindex; entry->hdr = * hdr; entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry; elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr; goto success; } case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */ if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) goto success; if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex) { elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr; elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; goto success; } if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) { symtab_strtab: elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr; elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; goto success; } if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex) { dynsymtab_strtab: elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr; hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr; elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr; /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy can handle it. */ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; } /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure, just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */ if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) { unsigned int i, num_sec; num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i]; if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex) { /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */ if (i == shindex) goto fail; if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i)) goto fail; if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i) goto symtab_strtab; if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i) goto dynsymtab_strtab; } } } ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; case SHT_REL: case SHT_RELA: /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */ { asection *target_sect; Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr; unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt; bfd_size_type amt; if (hdr->sh_entsize != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela)) goto fail; /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */ if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec) { ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"), abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex)); ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; } /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point to it. I hope this doesn't break anything. Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */ if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM) { unsigned int scan; int found; found = 0; for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++) { if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) { if (found != 0) { found = 0; break; } found = scan; } } if (found != 0) hdr->sh_link = found; } /* Get the symbol table. */ if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM) && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link)) goto fail; /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its sh_link points to the null section. */ if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd) || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA) { ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; } if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info)) goto fail; target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info); if (target_sect == NULL) goto fail; esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect); if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr; else p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr; /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */ if (*p_hdr != NULL) goto fail; amt = sizeof (*hdr2); hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); if (hdr2 == NULL) goto fail; *hdr2 = *hdr; *p_hdr = hdr2; elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2; target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr); target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC; target_sect->relocation = NULL; target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset; /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */ if (hdr->sh_size != 0) { if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) target_sect->use_rela_p = 1; } abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC; goto success; } case SHT_GNU_verdef: elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex; elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr; ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; case SHT_GNU_versym: if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym)) goto fail; elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex; elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr; ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; case SHT_GNU_verneed: elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex; elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr; ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; case SHT_SHLIB: goto success; case SHT_GROUP: if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE)) goto fail; if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) goto fail; if (hdr->contents != NULL) { Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents; unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (* idx); asection *s; if (n_elt == 0) goto fail; if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT) hdr->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD; /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */ idx += n_elt; while (--n_elt != 0) { --idx; if (idx->shdr != NULL && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL) { elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s; break; } } } goto success; default: /* Possibly an attributes section. */ if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type) { if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) goto fail; _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr); goto success; } /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */ if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) goto success; if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER) { if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved for applications? */ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application " "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"), abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); else { /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; } } else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC) /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section " "`%s' [0x%8x]"), abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS) { /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */ if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0) /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is required to correctly process the section and the file should be rejected with an error message. */ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section " "`%s' [0x%8x]"), abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); else { /* Otherwise it should be processed. */ ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex); goto success; } } else /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"), abfd, name, hdr->sh_type); goto fail; } fail: ret = FALSE; success: if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd) sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE; if (-- nesting == 0) { sections_being_created = NULL; sections_being_created_abfd = abfd; } return ret; } /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */ Elf_Internal_Sym * bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache, bfd *abfd, unsigned long r_symndx) { unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE; if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)]; Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx; symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx, &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL) return NULL; if (cache->abfd != abfd) { memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx)); cache->abfd = abfd; } cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx; } return &cache->sym[ent]; } /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD section. */ asection * bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index) { if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd)) return NULL; return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section; } static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */ { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 }, /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */ { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] = { { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 }, { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } }; static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] = { special_sections_b, /* 'b' */ special_sections_c, /* 'c' */ special_sections_d, /* 'd' */ NULL, /* 'e' */ special_sections_f, /* 'f' */ special_sections_g, /* 'g' */ special_sections_h, /* 'h' */ special_sections_i, /* 'i' */ NULL, /* 'j' */ NULL, /* 'k' */ special_sections_l, /* 'l' */ NULL, /* 'm' */ special_sections_n, /* 'n' */ NULL, /* 'o' */ special_sections_p, /* 'p' */ NULL, /* 'q' */ special_sections_r, /* 'r' */ special_sections_s, /* 's' */ special_sections_t, /* 't' */ NULL, /* 'u' */ NULL, /* 'v' */ NULL, /* 'w' */ NULL, /* 'x' */ NULL, /* 'y' */ special_sections_z /* 'z' */ }; const struct bfd_elf_special_section * _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name, const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec, unsigned int rela) { int i; int len; len = strlen (name); for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++) { int suffix_len; int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length; if (len < prefix_len) continue; if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0) continue; suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length; if (suffix_len <= 0) { if (name[prefix_len] != 0) { if (suffix_len == 0) continue; if (name[prefix_len] != '.' && (suffix_len == -2 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL))) continue; } } else { if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len) continue; if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len, spec[i].prefix + prefix_len, suffix_len) != 0) continue; } return &spec[i]; } return NULL; } const struct bfd_elf_special_section * _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) { int i; const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; /* See if this is one of the special sections. */ if (sec->name == NULL) return NULL; bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); spec = bed->special_sections; if (spec) { spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, bed->special_sections, sec->use_rela_p); if (spec != NULL) return spec; } if (sec->name[0] != '.') return NULL; i = sec->name[1] - 'b'; if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b') return NULL; spec = special_sections[i]; if (spec == NULL) return NULL; return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p); } bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) { struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect; sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd; if (sdata == NULL) { sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*sdata)); if (sdata == NULL) return FALSE; sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; } /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p; /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */ if (abfd->direction != read_direction || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0) { ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec); if (ssect != NULL && (!sec->flags || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY)) { elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type; elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr; } } return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); } /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header. Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name of the form segment, where NUM is generally the index in the program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we generate the names segmenta and segmentb. Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size, but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting of combined data+bss. To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split into its initialized and uninitialized parts. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index, const char *type_name) { asection *newsect; char *name; char namebuf[64]; size_t len; int split; split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0) && (hdr->p_filesz > 0) && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)); if (hdr->p_filesz > 0) { sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : ""); len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (!name) return FALSE; memcpy (name, namebuf, len); newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); if (newsect == NULL) return FALSE; newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr; newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr; newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz; newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset; newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align); if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) { newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD; if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) { /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION, may be data. */ newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; } } if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) { newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; } } if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz) { bfd_vma align; sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : ""); len = strlen (namebuf) + 1; name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (!name) return FALSE; memcpy (name, namebuf, len); newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name); if (newsect == NULL) return FALSE; newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz; newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz; newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz; newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz; align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma; if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align) align = hdr->p_align; newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align); if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD) { /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do not have their contents written to a core file, on the assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the executable. We flag this case by setting the fake section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will always have their contents dumped to the core file. */ if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) newsect->size = 0; newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC; if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X) newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE; } if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W)) newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY; } return TRUE; } bfd_boolean bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed; switch (hdr->p_type) { case PT_NULL: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null"); case PT_LOAD: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load"); case PT_DYNAMIC: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic"); case PT_INTERP: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp"); case PT_NOTE: if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note")) return FALSE; if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz)) return FALSE; return TRUE; case PT_SHLIB: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib"); case PT_PHDR: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr"); case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "eh_frame_hdr"); case PT_GNU_STACK: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack"); case PT_GNU_RELRO: return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro"); default: /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc"); } } /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either REL or RELA. */ Elf_Internal_Shdr * _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec) { if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr) { BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL); return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr; } else return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr; } static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr, const char *sec_name, bfd_boolean use_rela_p) { char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name)); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name); rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, FALSE); if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) return FALSE; return TRUE; } /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section, containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL relocations. */ static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata, const char *sec_name, bfd_boolean use_rela_p, bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); bfd_size_type amt; amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr); BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL); rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); reldata->hdr = rel_hdr; if (delay_st_name_p) rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1; else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name, use_rela_p)) return FALSE; rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL; rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p ? bed->s->sizeof_rela : bed->s->sizeof_rel); rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0; rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0; rel_hdr->sh_size = 0; rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0; return TRUE; } /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */ int bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags) { if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) return SHT_NOBITS; return SHT_PROGBITS; } struct fake_section_arg { struct bfd_link_info *link_info; bfd_boolean failed; }; /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */ static void elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg) { struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg; const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect); Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; unsigned int sh_type; const char *name = asect->name; bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE; if (arg->failed) { /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections loop. */ return; } this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr; if (arg->link_info) { /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */ if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG) && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) && name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_') { /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be compressed. */ asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS; /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding setion name to section name section after it is compressed in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ delay_st_name_p = TRUE; } } else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME)) { /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */ if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI))) { /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED, convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if needed. */ if (name[1] == 'z') { char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name); if (new_name == NULL) { arg->failed = TRUE; return; } name = new_name; } } else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE) { /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a section smaller. So only rename the section when compression has actually taken place. If input section name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */ char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name); if (new_name == NULL) { arg->failed = TRUE; return; } BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z'); name = new_name; } } if (delay_st_name_p) this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1; else { this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, FALSE); if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) { arg->failed = TRUE; return; } } /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */ if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 || asect->user_set_vma) this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma; else this_hdr->sh_addr = 0; this_hdr->sh_offset = 0; this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size; this_hdr->sh_link = 0; /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */ if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"), abfd, asect, asect->alignment_power); arg->failed = TRUE; return; } this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power; /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by copy_private_section_data. */ this_hdr->bfd_section = asect; this_hdr->contents = NULL; /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on asect->flags. */ if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0) sh_type = SHT_GROUP; else sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags); if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL) this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) { /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data to a bss output section via a linker script. */ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect); this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; } switch (this_hdr->sh_type) { default: break; case SHT_STRTAB: case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: case SHT_NOTE: case SHT_NOBITS: case SHT_PROGBITS: break; case SHT_HASH: this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry; break; case SHT_DYNSYM: this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; break; case SHT_DYNAMIC: this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn; break; case SHT_RELA: if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p) this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela; break; case SHT_REL: if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p) this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel; break; case SHT_GNU_versym: this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym); break; case SHT_GNU_verdef: this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be zero. */ if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs; else BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs); break; case SHT_GNU_verneed: this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be zero. */ if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0) this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs; else BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs); break; case SHT_GROUP: this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE; break; case SHT_GNU_HASH: this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4; break; } if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE; if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0) this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR; if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0) { this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE; this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize; if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0) this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS; } if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL) this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP; if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) { this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS; if (asect->size == 0 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) { struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order; this_hdr->sh_size = 0; if (o != NULL) { this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size; if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0) this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; } } } if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE) this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE; /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to create the other. */ if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0) { /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if needed. */ if (arg->link_info /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */ && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info) || arg->link_info->emitrelocations)) { if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name, FALSE, delay_st_name_p)) { arg->failed = TRUE; return; } if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name, TRUE, delay_st_name_p)) { arg->failed = TRUE; return; } } else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, (asect->use_rela_p ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel), name, asect->use_rela_p, delay_st_name_p)) arg->failed = TRUE; } /* Check for processor-specific section types. */ sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type; if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect)) arg->failed = TRUE; if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0) { /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */ this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type; } } /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r from bfd_elf_final_link. */ void bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg) { bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg; asection *elt, *first; unsigned char *loc; bfd_boolean gas; /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP) || *failedptr) return; if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0) { unsigned long symindx = 0; /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the generic linker. */ if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL) symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i; if (symindx == 0) { /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up elf_section_syms. */ BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL); symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i; } elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx; } else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2) { /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be set until all local symbols are output. */ asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec)); struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup); unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info; unsigned long extsymoff = 0; struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner)) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr; extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; } h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff]; while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx; } /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */ gas = TRUE; if (sec->contents == NULL) { gas = FALSE; sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size); /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */ elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents; if (sec->contents == NULL) { *failedptr = TRUE; return; } } loc = sec->contents + sec->size; /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the start of the input section group. */ first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec); /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section directives, not that it matters. */ while (elt != NULL) { asection *s; s = elt; if (!gas) s = s->output_section; if (s != NULL && !bfd_is_abs_section (s)) { unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; loc -= 4; H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc); } elt = elf_next_in_group (elt); if (elt == first) break; } if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents) abort (); H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc); } /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */ asection * _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec) { const char *name; unsigned int type; bfd *abfd; if (reloc_sec == NULL) return NULL; type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type; if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA) return NULL; /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */ name = reloc_sec->name; if (type == SHT_REL) name += 4; else name += 5; /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt section apply to .got.plt section. */ abfd = reloc_sec->owner; if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0) { /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */ name = ".got.plt"; reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); if (reloc_sec != NULL) return reloc_sec; name = ".got"; } reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name); return reloc_sec; } /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled in here too, while we're at it. */ static bfd_boolean assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) { struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd); asection *sec; unsigned int section_number; Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; bfd_boolean need_symtab; section_number = 1; _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */ if (link_info == NULL || bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)) { bfd_size_type reloc_count = 0; /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */ for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) { d = elf_section_data (sec); if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP) { if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) { /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */ bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec); abfd->section_count--; } else d->this_idx = section_number++; } /* Count relocations. */ reloc_count += sec->reloc_count; } /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */ if (reloc_count == 0) abfd->flags &= ~HAS_RELOC; } for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) { d = elf_section_data (sec); if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP) d->this_idx = section_number++; if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name); if (d->rel.hdr) { d->rel.idx = section_number++; if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name); } else d->rel.idx = 0; if (d->rela.hdr) { d->rela.idx = section_number++; if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name); } else d->rela.idx = 0; } elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name); elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 || (link_info == NULL && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) == HAS_RELOC))); if (need_symtab) { elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++; _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name); if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF)) { elf_section_list * entry; BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL); entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * entry); entry->ndx = section_number++; elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry; entry->hdr.sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), ".symtab_shndx", FALSE); if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) return FALSE; } elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++; _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name); } if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE) { _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"), abfd, section_number); return FALSE; } elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number; elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number; /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the indices. */ i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *)); if (i_shdrp == NULL) return FALSE; i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr)); if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL) { bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp); return FALSE; } elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp; i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr; if (need_symtab) { i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr; if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF)) { elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL); i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr; entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); } i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr; t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); } for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next) { asection *s; d = elf_section_data (sec); i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr; if (d->rel.idx != 0) i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr; if (d->rela.idx != 0) i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr; /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */ /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which the relocation entries apply. */ if (d->rel.idx != 0) { d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; } if (d->rela.idx != 0) { d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx; d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; } /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */ if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) { s = elf_linked_to_section (sec); if (s) { /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */ if (link_info != NULL) { /* Check discarded linkonce section. */ if (discarded_section (s)) { asection *kept; (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"), abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); /* Point to the kept section if it has the same size as the discarded one. */ kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info); if (kept == NULL) { bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); return FALSE; } s = kept; } s = s->output_section; BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); } else { /* Handle objcopy. */ if (s->output_section == NULL) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"), abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); return FALSE; } s = s->output_section; } d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; } else { /* PR 290: The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation where s is NULL. */ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->link_order_error_handler) bed->link_order_error_handler (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), abfd, sec); } } switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type) { case SHT_REL: case SHT_RELA: /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: How can we be sure? */ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); if (s != NULL) d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; s = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->get_reloc_section (sec); if (s != NULL) { d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK; } break; case SHT_STRTAB: /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs string section. We look for a section with the same name but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link field to point to this section. */ if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab") && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0) { size_t len; char *alc; len = strlen (sec->name); alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2); if (alc == NULL) return FALSE; memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3); alc[len - 3] = '\0'; s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc); free (alc); if (s != NULL) { elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx; /* This is a .stab section. */ if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0) elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8; } } break; case SHT_DYNAMIC: case SHT_DYNSYM: case SHT_GNU_verneed: case SHT_GNU_verdef: /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the version strings. */ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); if (s != NULL) d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; break; case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the version strings. */ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"); if (s != NULL) d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; break; case SHT_HASH: case SHT_GNU_HASH: case SHT_GNU_versym: /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table this hash table or version table is for. */ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); if (s != NULL) d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx; break; case SHT_GROUP: d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd); } } /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */ return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) { /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */ const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym); return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym)) || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym))); } /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */ static bfd_boolean ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym) { elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0) return FALSE; type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym); return ((type_ptr != NULL && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) || !(sym->section->owner == abfd || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd && sym->section->output_offset == 0) || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))); } /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */ static bfd_boolean elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals) { unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); asymbol **sect_syms; unsigned int num_locals = 0; unsigned int num_globals = 0; unsigned int num_locals2 = 0; unsigned int num_globals2 = 0; unsigned int max_index = 0; unsigned int idx; asection *asect; asymbol **new_syms; #ifdef DEBUG fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n"); fflush (stderr); #endif for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) { if (max_index < asect->index) max_index = asect->index; } max_index++; sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *)); if (sect_syms == NULL) return FALSE; elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms; elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index; /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already decided to output. */ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) { asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0 && sym->value == 0 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym) && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)) { asection *sec = sym->section; if (sec->owner != abfd) sec = sec->output_section; sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx]; } } /* Classify all of the symbols. */ for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) { if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx])) num_globals++; else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx])) num_locals++; } /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped at least in that case. */ for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) { if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) { if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol)) num_locals++; else num_globals++; } } /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */ new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals, sizeof (asymbol *)); if (new_syms == NULL) return FALSE; for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++) { asymbol *sym = syms[idx]; unsigned int i; if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) i = num_locals + num_globals2++; else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)) i = num_locals2++; else continue; new_syms[i] = sym; sym->udata.i = i + 1; } for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next) { if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL) { asymbol *sym = asect->symbol; unsigned int i; sect_syms[asect->index] = sym; if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym)) i = num_locals2++; else i = num_locals + num_globals2++; new_syms[i] = sym; sym->udata.i = i + 1; } } bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals); *pnum_locals = num_locals; return TRUE; } /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any ELF data structure. */ static inline file_ptr align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align) { return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1); } /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the required section alignment. */ file_ptr _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp, file_ptr offset, bfd_boolean align) { if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1) offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign); i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset; if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL) i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset; if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) offset += i_shdrp->sh_size; return offset; } /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); struct fake_section_arg fsargs; bfd_boolean failed; struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL; Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr; bfd_boolean need_symtab; if (abfd->output_has_begun) return TRUE; /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */ if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info); if (! prep_headers (abfd)) return FALSE; /* Post process the headers if necessary. */ (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info); fsargs.failed = FALSE; fsargs.link_info = link_info; bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs); if (fsargs.failed) return FALSE; if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info)) return FALSE; /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */ need_symtab = (link_info == NULL && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC)) == HAS_RELOC))); if (need_symtab) { /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */ int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)); if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p)) return FALSE; } failed = FALSE; if (link_info == NULL) { bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed); if (failed) return FALSE; } shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */ shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */ shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info)) return FALSE; if (need_symtab) { file_ptr off; Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd); off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL) { hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr; if (hdr->sh_size != 0) off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */ } hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it out. */ if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab)) return FALSE; _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab); } abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE; return TRUE; } /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */ static bfd_size_type get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) { size_t segs; asection *s; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text and one for data. */ segs = 2; s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) { /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all targets. */ segs += 2; } if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) { /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ ++segs; } if (info != NULL && info->relro) { /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ ++segs; } if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd)) { /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ ++segs; } if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) { /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */ ++segs; } for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) { if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) { /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */ ++segs; /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent loadable .note* sections. gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section) each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size, so we check whether the sections are correctly aligned. */ if (s->alignment_power == 2) while (s->next != NULL && s->next->alignment_power == 2 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note")) s = s->next; } } for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) { if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) { /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */ ++segs; break; } } /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) { int a; a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info); if (a == -1) abort (); segs += a; } return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; } /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */ Elf_Internal_Phdr * _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section) { struct elf_segment_map *m; Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) { int i; for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--) if (m->sections[i] == section) return p; } return NULL; } /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */ static struct elf_segment_map * make_mapping (bfd *abfd, asection **sections, unsigned int from, unsigned int to, bfd_boolean phdr) { struct elf_segment_map *m; unsigned int i; asection **hdrpp; bfd_size_type amt; amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *); m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (m == NULL) return NULL; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_LOAD; for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++) m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp; m->count = to - from; if (from == 0 && phdr) { /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */ m->includes_filehdr = 1; m->includes_phdrs = 1; } return m; } /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL on failure. */ struct elf_segment_map * _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec) { struct elf_segment_map *m; m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_segment_map)); if (m == NULL) return NULL; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC; m->count = 1; m->sections[0] = dynsec; return m; } /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */ static bfd_boolean elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean remove_empty_load) { struct elf_segment_map **m; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is removed. */ m = &elf_seg_map (abfd); while (*m) { unsigned int i, new_count; for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++) { if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD)) { (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i]; new_count++; } } (*m)->count = new_count; if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0) *m = (*m)->next; else m = &(*m)->next; } bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL) { if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info)) return FALSE; } return TRUE; } /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) { unsigned int count; struct elf_segment_map *m; asection **sections = NULL; const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs; no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL; if (info != NULL) info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs; if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0) { asection *s; unsigned int i; struct elf_segment_map *mfirst; struct elf_segment_map **pm; asection *last_hdr; bfd_vma last_size; unsigned int phdr_index; bfd_vma maxpagesize; asection **hdrpp; bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE; bfd_boolean writable; int tls_count = 0; asection *first_tls = NULL; asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr; bfd_size_type amt; bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0; /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */ sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd), sizeof (asection *)); if (sections == NULL) goto error_return; /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift left operator when shift count is equal to size of type being shifted. */ addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1; addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1; i = 0; for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) { if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) { sections[i] = s; ++i; /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */ if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask)) wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask; } } BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd)); count = i; qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); /* Build the mapping. */ mfirst = NULL; pm = &mfirst; /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp section. */ s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp"); if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) { amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_PHDR; /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */ m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X; m->p_flags_valid = 1; m->includes_phdrs = 1; *pm = m; pm = &m->next; amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_INTERP; m->count = 1; m->sections[0] = s; *pm = m; pm = &m->next; } /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program segment when the start of the second section can be placed within a few bytes of the end of the first section. */ last_hdr = NULL; last_size = 0; phdr_index = 0; maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; /* PR 17512: file: c8455299. Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on. FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */ if (maxpagesize == 0) maxpagesize = 1; writable = FALSE; dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); if (dynsec != NULL && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0) dynsec = NULL; /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many program headers we will need. */ if (count > 0) { bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize < phdr_size % maxpagesize) || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to) phdr_in_segment = FALSE; } for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++) { asection *hdr; bfd_boolean new_segment; hdr = *hdrpp; /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same segment. */ if (last_hdr == NULL) { /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new one (we build the last one after this loop). */ new_segment = FALSE; } else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma) { /* If this section has a different relation between the virtual address and the load address, then we need a new segment. */ new_segment = TRUE; } else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma) { /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap the previous section, then we need a new segment. */ new_segment = TRUE; } /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps around to the start of the address space, then there are no more pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current section can be included in the current segment. */ else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize > last_hdr->lma) && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize <= hdr->lma)) { /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */ new_segment = TRUE; } else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0 && ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0 || (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize) != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))) { /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded. Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. However, like the writable/non-writable case below, if they are on the same page then they must be put in the same segment. */ new_segment = TRUE; } else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0) { /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */ new_segment = FALSE; } else if (! writable && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize) != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))) { /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only segment, unless they are on the same page in memory anyhow. We already know that the last section does not bring us past the current section on the page, so the only case in which the new section is not on the same page as the previous section is when the previous section ends precisely on a page boundary. */ new_segment = TRUE; } else { /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */ new_segment = FALSE; } /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */ if (last_hdr != NULL && info != NULL && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL) new_segment = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr, last_hdr, new_segment); if (! new_segment) { if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) writable = TRUE; last_hdr = hdr; /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) last_size = hdr->size; else last_size = 0; continue; } /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */ m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; *pm = m; pm = &m->next; if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0) writable = TRUE; else writable = FALSE; last_hdr = hdr; /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */ if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) last_size = hdr->size; else last_size = 0; phdr_index = i; phdr_in_segment = FALSE; } /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just for .tbss. */ if (last_hdr != NULL && (i - phdr_index != 1 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))) { m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; *pm = m; pm = &m->next; } /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ if (dynsec != NULL) { m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; *pm = m; pm = &m->next; } /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections, add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name, because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is bogus anyhow. */ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) { if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note")) { asection *s2; count = 1; amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); if (s->alignment_power == 2) for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next) { if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note") && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2) == s2->next->lma) count++; else break; } amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_NOTE; m->count = count; while (count > 1) { m->sections[m->count - count--] = s; BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); s = s->next; } m->sections[m->count - 1] = s; BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0); *pm = m; pm = &m->next; } if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) { if (! tls_count) first_tls = s; tls_count++; } } /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */ if (tls_count > 0) { amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_TLS; m->count = tls_count; /* Mandated PF_R. */ m->p_flags = PF_R; m->p_flags_valid = 1; s = first_tls; for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i) { if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) { _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd); s = first_tls; i = 0; while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count) { if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) { _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s); i++; } else _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s); s = s->next; } bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); goto error_return; } m->sections[i] = s; s = s->next; } *pm = m; pm = &m->next; } /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */ eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd); if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) { amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME; m->count = 1; m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section; *pm = m; pm = &m->next; } if (elf_stack_flags (abfd)) { amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK; m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd); m->p_align = bed->stack_align; m->p_flags_valid = 1; m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0; if (info->stacksize > 0) { m->p_size = info->stacksize; m->p_size_valid = 1; } *pm = m; pm = &m->next; } if (info != NULL && info->relro) { for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next) { if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD && m->count != 0 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end) { i = m->count; while (--i != (unsigned) -1) if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) break; if (i != (unsigned) -1) break; } } /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */ if (m != NULL) { amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); if (m == NULL) goto error_return; m->next = NULL; m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO; *pm = m; pm = &m->next; } } free (sections); elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst; } if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs)) return FALSE; for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) ++count; elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; return TRUE; error_return: if (sections != NULL) free (sections); return FALSE; } /* Sort sections by address. */ static int elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) { const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1; const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2; bfd_size_type size1, size2; /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to place the section into a segment. */ if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma) return -1; else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma) return 1; /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be the same, and this will do nothing. */ if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma) return -1; else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma) return 1; /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */ #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0) if (TOEND (sec1)) { if (TOEND (sec2)) { /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */ if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0) return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; } else return 1; } else if (TOEND (sec2)) return -1; #undef TOEND /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections before others at the same address. */ size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0; size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0; if (size1 < size2) return -1; if (size1 > size2) return 1; return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index; } /* Ian Lance Taylor writes: We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long, which is wrong. What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo the page size.'' */ /* In other words, something like: vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize; off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize; if (vma_offset < off_offset) adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset; else adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset; which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */ static file_ptr vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize) { /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */ if (maxpagesize == 0) maxpagesize = 1; return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize); } static void print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m) { unsigned int j; const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type); char buf[32]; if (pt == NULL) { if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC) sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x", (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC)); else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS) sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x", (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS)); else snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x", (unsigned int) m->p_type); pt = buf; } fflush (stdout); fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt); for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++) fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name); putc ('\n',stderr); fflush (stderr); } static bfd_boolean write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len) { void *buf; bfd_boolean ret; if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0) return FALSE; buf = bfd_zmalloc (len); if (buf == NULL) return FALSE; ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len; free (buf); return ret; } /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in the file header. */ static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); struct elf_segment_map *m; Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; file_ptr off; bfd_size_type maxpagesize; unsigned int alloc; unsigned int i, j; bfd_vma header_pad = 0; if (link_info == NULL && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info)) return FALSE; alloc = 0; for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) { ++alloc; if (m->header_size) header_pad = m->header_size; } if (alloc) { elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr; } else { /* PR binutils/12467. */ elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0; elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0; } elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc; if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1) elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; else BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr); if (alloc == 0) { elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; return TRUE; } /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd), see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared. The variable alloc contains the computed need, while elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the layout. See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */ BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr == 0); phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr), sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs; if (phdrs == NULL) return FALSE; maxpagesize = 1; if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize; off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off) header_pad = 0; else header_pad -= off; off += header_pad; for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++, j++) { asection **secpp; bfd_vma off_adjust; bfd_boolean no_contents; /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd. Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */ if (m->count > 1 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE && m->p_type == PT_NOTE)) qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections); /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */ p->p_type = m->p_type; p->p_flags = m->p_flags; if (m->count == 0) p->p_vaddr = 0; else p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset; if (m->p_paddr_valid) p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr; else if (m->count == 0) p->p_paddr = 0; else p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset; if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0) { /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores the maximum page size. When copying an executable with objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS segment. */ if (m->p_align_valid) maxpagesize = m->p_align; p->p_align = maxpagesize; } else if (m->p_align_valid) p->p_align = m->p_align; else if (m->count == 0) p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; else p->p_align = 0; no_contents = FALSE; off_adjust = 0; if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && m->count > 0) { bfd_size_type align; unsigned int align_power = 0; if (m->p_align_valid) align = p->p_align; else { for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) { unsigned int secalign; secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp); if (secalign > align_power) align_power = secalign; } align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power; if (align < maxpagesize) align = maxpagesize; } for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0) /* If we aren't making room for this section, then it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */ elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS; /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable sections. */ no_contents = TRUE; for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS) { no_contents = FALSE; break; } off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align); off += off_adjust; if (no_contents) { /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so checks it. So to comply with the alignment requirement but not waste file space, we adjust p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */ } else off_adjust = 0; } /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment. */ else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC && m->count > 1 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0) { _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"), abfd); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); return FALSE; } /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */ else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE) for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE; p->p_offset = 0; p->p_filesz = 0; p->p_memsz = 0; if (m->includes_filehdr) { if (!m->p_flags_valid) p->p_flags |= PF_R; p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; if (m->count > 0) { if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"), abfd); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); return FALSE; } p->p_vaddr -= off; if (!m->p_paddr_valid) p->p_paddr -= off; } } if (m->includes_phdrs) { if (!m->p_flags_valid) p->p_flags |= PF_R; if (!m->includes_filehdr) { p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; if (m->count > 0) { p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset; if (!m->p_paddr_valid) p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset; } } p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr; if (m->count) { p->p_filesz += header_pad; p->p_memsz += header_pad; } } if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)) { if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs) p->p_offset = off; else { file_ptr adjust; adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz); if (!no_contents) p->p_filesz += adjust; p->p_memsz += adjust; } } /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments. assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */ for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++) { asection *sec; bfd_size_type align; Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; sec = *secpp; this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr; align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec); if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD || p->p_type == PT_TLS) && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)))) { bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr; bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz; bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma; bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end; if (adjust != 0 && (s_start < p_end || p_end < p_start)) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec, (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end); adjust = 0; sec->lma = p_end; } p->p_memsz += adjust; if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) { if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz) { /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones. Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and zero it. */ adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz; if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust)) return FALSE; } off += adjust; p->p_filesz += adjust; } } if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) { /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains everything. */ if (i == 0) { this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; off += this_hdr->sh_size; p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size; p->p_memsz = 0; p->p_align = 1; } else { /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */ sec->filepos = 0; sec->size = 0; sec->flags = 0; continue; } } else { if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD) { this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off; if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) off += this_hdr->sh_size; } else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0) { /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD. (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This also makes the PT_TLS header have the same p_offset value. */ bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr, off, align); this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust; } if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) { p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size; /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take file space but are not loaded into memory. */ if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; } else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) { if (p->p_type == PT_TLS) p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of normal segments. */ else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0) p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size; } if (align > p->p_align && !m->p_align_valid && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)) p->p_align = align; } if (!m->p_flags_valid) { p->p_flags |= PF_R; if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0) p->p_flags |= PF_X; if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0) p->p_flags |= PF_W; } } off -= off_adjust; /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment. Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */ if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) { bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE; for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++) if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i]) ->this_hdr), p) != 0 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1]) ->this_hdr), p) != 0) { /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */ check_vma = FALSE; break; } for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; asection *sec; sec = m->sections[i]; this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr); if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0) && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p)) { (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"), abfd, sec, j); print_segment_map (m); } } } } elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; return TRUE; } /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */ static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp; Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp; Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs; Elf_Internal_Phdr *p; struct elf_segment_map *m; struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment; bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr; bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr; file_ptr off; unsigned int count; i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd); off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; hdr = *hdrpp; if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && hdr->contents == NULL))) BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos); else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0) { if (hdr->sh_size != 0) (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"), abfd, (hdr->bfd_section == NULL ? "*unknown*" : hdr->bfd_section->name)); /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */ if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0) off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, bed->maxpagesize); else off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off, hdr->sh_addralign); off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, FALSE); } else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)) /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */ || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx]) || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)]) hdr->sh_offset = -1; else off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); } /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */ count = 0; filehdr_vaddr = 0; filehdr_paddr = 0; phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; phdrs_paddr = 0; hdrs_segment = NULL; phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) { ++count; if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD) continue; if (m->includes_filehdr) { filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr; } if (m->includes_phdrs) { phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr; phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr; if (m->includes_filehdr) { hdrs_segment = m; phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; } } } if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL) { /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there. A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */ struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */ if (hash != NULL && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)) { asection *s = NULL; if (hdrs_segment->count != 0) /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */ s = hdrs_segment->sections[0]; else /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */ for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) if (m->count != 0) { s = m->sections[0]; break; } if (s != NULL) { hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma; hash->root.u.def.section = s; } else { hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr; hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr; } hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined; hash->def_regular = 1; hash->non_elf = 0; } } for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++) { if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) { const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp; struct elf_segment_map *lm; if (link_info != NULL) { /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed in link_info. */ for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs; lm != NULL; lm = lm->next, lp++) { if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end && lm->count != 0 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start) break; } BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL); } else { /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */ for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp) { if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr) break; } } if (lp < phdrs + count) { p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr; p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr; p->p_offset = lp->p_offset; if (link_info != NULL) p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr; else if (m->p_size_valid) p->p_filesz = m->p_size; else abort (); p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz; /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files. */ if (!m->p_align_valid) p->p_align = 1; if (!m->p_flags_valid) p->p_flags = PF_R; } else { memset (p, 0, sizeof *p); p->p_type = PT_NULL; } } else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) { if (m->p_size_valid) p->p_memsz = m->p_size; } else if (m->count != 0) { unsigned int i; if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)) { if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs) { /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"), abfd); return FALSE; } p->p_filesz = 0; p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos; for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;) { asection *sect = m->sections[i]; Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr; if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) { p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos + hdr->sh_size); break; } } } } else if (m->includes_filehdr) { p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr; if (! m->p_paddr_valid) p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr; } else if (m->includes_phdrs) { p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr; if (! m->p_paddr_valid) p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr; } } elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; return TRUE; } static elf_section_list * find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list) { for (;list != NULL; list = list->next) if (list->ndx == i) break; return list; } /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and VMAs must be known before this is called. Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by assign_file_positions_for_relocs. We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */ static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) { struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core) { Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; unsigned int i; file_ptr off; /* Start after the ELF header. */ off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize; /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are not creating a program header, and that the actual order of the sections in the file is unimportant. */ for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; hdr = *hdrpp; if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA) && hdr->bfd_section == NULL) || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)) /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */ || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd) || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx]) || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd) || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)) { hdr->sh_offset = -1; } else off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE); } elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; } else { unsigned int alloc; /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the assignment of sections to segments. */ if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) return FALSE; /* And for non-load sections. */ if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info)) return FALSE; if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL) { if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info)) return FALSE; } /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */ if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info)) { unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr; Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments]; /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */ bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1; for (; segment < end_segment; segment++) if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr) p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr; /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments is non-zero. */ if (p_vaddr) i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; } /* Write out the program headers. */ alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr; if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0) return FALSE; } return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *abfd) { Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */ struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab; const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); if (shstrtab == NULL) return FALSE; elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab; i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0; i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1; i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2; i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3; i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass; i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] = bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB; i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current; if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN; else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0) i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC; else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core) i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE; else i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL; switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) { case bfd_arch_unknown: i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE; break; /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication, the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(), unless they need the information earlier than the final write. Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */ default: i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code; } i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current; i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; /* No program header, for now. */ i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0; /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */ i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd); i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr; /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */ if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) /* It all happens later. */ ; else { i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0; i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0; } elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE); elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE); elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE); if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1) return FALSE; return TRUE; } /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */ static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd) { file_ptr off; Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp; Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp; Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd); shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd); end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd); for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++) { shdrp = *shdrpp; if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1) { asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section; bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA); if (is_rel || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))) { if (!is_rel) { const char *name = sec->name; struct bfd_elf_section_data *d; /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */ if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec, shdrp->contents)) return FALSE; if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0) { /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */ char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name); if (new_name == NULL) return FALSE; name = new_name; } /* Add setion name to section name section. */ if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1) abort (); shdrp->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name, FALSE); d = elf_section_data (sec); /* Add reloc setion name to section name section. */ if (d->rel.hdr && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, d->rel.hdr, name, FALSE)) return FALSE; if (d->rela.hdr && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, d->rela.hdr, name, TRUE)) return FALSE; /* Update section size and contents. */ shdrp->sh_size = sec->size; shdrp->contents = sec->contents; shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL; } off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); } } } /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been compressed. */ _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr; shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE); /* Place the section headers. */ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align); i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off; off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize; elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off; return TRUE; } bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp; bfd_boolean failed; unsigned int count, num_sec; struct elf_obj_tdata *t; if (! abfd->output_has_begun && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) return FALSE; i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd); failed = FALSE; bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed); if (failed) return FALSE; if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd)) return FALSE; /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */ num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd); for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++) { i_shdrp[count]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd), i_shdrp[count]->sh_name); if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]); if (i_shdrp[count]->contents) { bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size; if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt) return FALSE; } } /* Write out the section header names. */ t = elf_tdata (abfd); if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd)))) return FALSE; if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd)); if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd)) return FALSE; /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */ if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL) return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd); return TRUE; } bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd) { /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */ return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd); } /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */ unsigned int _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed; unsigned int sec_index; if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0) return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx; if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect)) sec_index = SHN_ABS; else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect)) sec_index = SHN_COMMON; else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect)) sec_index = SHN_UNDEF; else sec_index = SHN_BAD; bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) { int retval = sec_index; if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval)) return retval; } if (sec_index == SHN_BAD) bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); return sec_index; } /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1 on error. */ int _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr) { asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr; int idx; flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags; /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the input sections rather than the output section. */ if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) && asym_ptr->section) { asection *sec; int indx; sec = asym_ptr->section; if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL) sec = sec->output_section; if (sec->owner == abfd && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd) && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL) asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i; } idx = asym_ptr->udata.i; if (idx == 0) { /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol which is used in a relocation entry. */ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"), abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr)); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols); return -1; } #if DEBUG & 4 { fprintf (stderr, "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n", (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags); fflush (stderr); } #endif return idx; } /* Rewrite program header information. */ static bfd_boolean rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) { Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; struct elf_segment_map *map; struct elf_segment_map *map_first; struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; asection *section; unsigned int i; unsigned int num_segments; bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; bfd_vma maxpagesize; struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL; unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); map_first = NULL; pointer_to_map = &map_first; num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize; /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */ #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \ (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \ ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz)) #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \ (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \ ? section->size : 0) /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */ #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \ (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \ && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)))) /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */ #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \ (section->lma >= base \ && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \ <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base))) /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */ #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \ (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \ && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \ && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo etc. */ #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \ (IS_NOTE (p, s) \ && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \ && s->vma == 0 \ && s->lma == 0) /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and p_memsz set to 0. */ #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \ (p->p_vaddr == 0 \ && p->p_paddr == 0 \ && p->p_memsz == 0 \ && p->p_filesz > 0 \ && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \ && s->size > 0 \ && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \ && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \ <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz)) /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment. A section will be included if: 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise, 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE segment. 3. There is an output section associated with it, 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment. 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections. 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections. 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments. 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */ #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ ((((segment->p_paddr \ ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \ : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \ && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \ || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \ && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \ && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \ || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \ && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \ || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \ || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \ && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \ || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \ || (segment->p_paddr \ ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \ : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \ || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \ == 0)) \ && !section->segment_mark) /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL, it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */ #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \ (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \ && section->output_section != NULL) /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */ #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \ (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field)) /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap. It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different LMA. */ #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \ ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \ || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \ && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \ || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr))) /* Initialise the segment mark field. */ for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) section->segment_mark = FALSE; /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */ p_paddr_valid = FALSE; for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; i < num_segments; i++, segment++) if (segment->p_paddr != 0) { p_paddr_valid = TRUE; break; } /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; i < num_segments; i++, segment++) { unsigned int j; Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2; if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP) for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next) if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section)) { /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment assignment code will work. */ segment->p_vaddr = section->vma; break; } if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) { /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */ if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO) segment->p_type = PT_NULL; continue; } /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */ for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++) { bfd_signed_vma extra_length; if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2)) continue; /* Merge the two segments together. */ if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr) { /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete SEGMENT. */ extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr) - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)); if (extra_length > 0) { segment2->p_memsz += extra_length; segment2->p_filesz += extra_length; } segment->p_type = PT_NULL; /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */ i = 0; segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; break; } else { /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete SEGMENT2. */ extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr) - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)); if (extra_length > 0) { segment->p_memsz += extra_length; segment->p_filesz += extra_length; } segment2->p_type = PT_NULL; } } } /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */ for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; i < num_segments; i++, segment++) { unsigned int section_count; asection **sections; asection *output_section; unsigned int isec; bfd_vma matching_lma; bfd_vma suggested_lma; unsigned int j; bfd_size_type amt; asection *first_section; bfd_boolean first_matching_lma; bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma; if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL) continue; first_section = NULL; /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */ for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) { /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be removed from the corresponding output segment. */ if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) { if (first_section == NULL) first_section = section; if (section->output_section != NULL) ++section_count; } } /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain all of the sections we have selected. */ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); if (map == NULL) return FALSE; /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */ map->next = NULL; map->p_type = segment->p_type; map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; map->p_flags_valid = 1; /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding output segment. */ if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL) { map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; } /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); map->includes_phdrs = 0; if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) { map->includes_phdrs = (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) phdr_included = TRUE; } if (section_count == 0) { /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only a warning is produced. */ if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD) (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\ %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"), ibfd); map->count = 0; *pointer_to_map = map; pointer_to_map = &map->next; continue; } /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map. The problem here is how to handle an output section which has been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities: 1. None of the sections have been moved. In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the input BFD. 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount. In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA of the first section. 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not. In this case those sections which have not been moved can be placed in the current segment which will have to have its size, and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will have to be created to contain the other sections. 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount. In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA of the first section and we will have to create a new segment or segments to contain the other sections. In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned to a segment, they are removed from this array. */ sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *)); if (sections == NULL) return FALSE; /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts. Also add the sections to the section array allocated above. Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing more to do. */ isec = 0; matching_lma = 0; suggested_lma = 0; first_matching_lma = TRUE; first_suggested_lma = TRUE; for (section = first_section, j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) { if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed)) { output_section = section->output_section; sections[j++] = section; /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0. We try to catch that case here, and set it to the correct value. Note - some backends require that p_paddr be left as zero. */ if (!p_paddr_valid && segment->p_vaddr != 0 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero && isec == 0 && output_section->lma != 0 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) + (map->includes_phdrs ? (iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize) : 0))) map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr; /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the LMA address of the output section. */ if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section) || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment))) { if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma) { matching_lma = output_section->lma; first_matching_lma = FALSE; } /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment then it does not overlap any other section within that segment. */ map->sections[isec++] = output_section; } else if (first_suggested_lma) { suggested_lma = output_section->lma; first_suggested_lma = FALSE; } if (j == section_count) break; } } BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count); /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment, if necessary. */ if (isec == section_count) { /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to the list of built segments and carry on to process the next program header in the input BFD. */ map->count = section_count; *pointer_to_map = map; pointer_to_map = &map->next; if (p_paddr_valid && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero && matching_lma != map->p_paddr && !map->includes_filehdr && !map->includes_phdrs) /* There is some padding before the first section in the segment. So, we must account for that in the output segment's vma. */ map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr; free (sections); continue; } else { if (!first_matching_lma) { /* At least one section fits inside the current segment. Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the LMA of the first section that fitted. */ map->p_paddr = matching_lma; } else { /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment. Change the current segment's physical address to match the LMA of the first section. */ map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; } /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */ if (map->includes_filehdr) { if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize) map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize; else { map->includes_filehdr = FALSE; map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; } } if (map->includes_phdrs) { if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize) { map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize; /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number of program headers that we will need. Make a note here of the number we used and the segment we chose to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the offset when we know the correct value. */ phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum; phdr_adjust_seg = map; } else map->includes_phdrs = FALSE; } } /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating the loop. */ isec = 0; do { map->count = 0; suggested_lma = 0; first_suggested_lma = TRUE; /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */ for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++) { section = sections[j]; if (section == NULL) continue; output_section = section->output_section; BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL); if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr) || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)) { if (map->count == 0) { /* If the first section in a segment does not start at the beginning of the segment, then something is wrong. */ if (output_section->lma != (map->p_paddr + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0) + (map->includes_phdrs ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize : 0))) abort (); } else { asection *prev_sec; prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1]; /* If the gap between the end of the previous section and the start of this section is more than maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */ if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size, maxpagesize) < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize)) || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size > output_section->lma)) { if (first_suggested_lma) { suggested_lma = output_section->lma; first_suggested_lma = FALSE; } continue; } } map->sections[map->count++] = output_section; ++isec; sections[j] = NULL; section->segment_mark = TRUE; } else if (first_suggested_lma) { suggested_lma = output_section->lma; first_suggested_lma = FALSE; } } BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0); /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */ *pointer_to_map = map; pointer_to_map = &map->next; if (isec < section_count) { /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it and carry on looping. */ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); if (map == NULL) { free (sections); return FALSE; } /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical physical address to the LMA of the first section that has not yet been assigned. */ map->next = NULL; map->p_type = segment->p_type; map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; map->p_flags_valid = 1; map->p_paddr = suggested_lma; map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; map->includes_filehdr = 0; map->includes_phdrs = 0; } } while (isec < section_count); free (sections); } elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust the offset if necessary. */ if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL) { unsigned int count; for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next) count++; if (count > phdr_adjust_num) phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize; } #undef SEGMENT_END #undef SECTION_SIZE #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA #undef IS_NOTE #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS return TRUE; } /* Copy ELF program header information. */ static bfd_boolean copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) { Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr; struct elf_segment_map *map; struct elf_segment_map *map_first; struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map; Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; unsigned int i; unsigned int num_segments; bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE; bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid; iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd); map_first = NULL; pointer_to_map = &map_first; /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set map->p_paddr_valid. */ p_paddr_valid = FALSE; num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; i < num_segments; i++, segment++) if (segment->p_paddr != 0) { p_paddr_valid = TRUE; break; } for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; i < num_segments; i++, segment++) { asection *section; unsigned int section_count; bfd_size_type amt; Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; asection *first_section = NULL; asection *lowest_section; /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */ for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next) { this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) { if (first_section == NULL) first_section = section; section_count++; } } /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain all of the sections we have selected. */ amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); if (section_count != 0) amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *); map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt); if (map == NULL) return FALSE; /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the input segment. */ map->next = NULL; map->p_type = segment->p_type; map->p_flags = segment->p_flags; map->p_flags_valid = 1; map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr; map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid; map->p_align = segment->p_align; map->p_align_valid = 1; map->p_vaddr_offset = 0; if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK) { /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux systems. */ map->p_size = segment->p_memsz; map->p_size_valid = 1; } /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header and if it contains the program headers themselves. */ map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize); map->includes_phdrs = 0; if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD) { map->includes_phdrs = (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize))); if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs) phdr_included = TRUE; } lowest_section = NULL; if (section_count != 0) { unsigned int isec = 0; for (section = first_section; section != NULL; section = section->next) { this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) { map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section; if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) { bfd_vma seg_off; if (lowest_section == NULL || section->lma < lowest_section->lma) lowest_section = section; /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr. If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as invalid. */ if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset; else seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr; if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off) map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE; } if (isec == section_count) break; } } } if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL) /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */ map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr; if (!map->includes_phdrs && !map->includes_filehdr && map->p_paddr_valid) /* There is some other padding before the first section. */ map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0) - segment->p_paddr); map->count = section_count; *pointer_to_map = map; pointer_to_map = &map->next; } elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first; return TRUE; } /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header information. */ static bfd_boolean copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) { if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) return TRUE; if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL) return TRUE; if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) { /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD covered by ELF program header have changed. */ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; asection *section, *osec; unsigned int i, num_segments; Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr; const struct elf_backend_data *bed; bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd); /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */ if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero) goto rewrite; /* Initialize the segment mark field. */ for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) section->segment_mark = FALSE; num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; i < num_segments; i++, segment++) { /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment map in this case. */ if (segment->p_paddr == 0 && segment->p_memsz == 0 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)) goto rewrite; for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) { /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes from the input BFD. */ osec = section->output_section; if (osec) osec->segment_mark = TRUE; /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */ this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr); if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment)) { /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or removed. What else do we need to check? */ if (osec == NULL || section->flags != osec->flags || section->lma != osec->lma || section->vma != osec->vma || section->size != osec->size || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power) goto rewrite; } } } /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the input BFD. */ for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next) { if (section->segment_mark == FALSE) goto rewrite; else section->segment_mark = FALSE; } return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); } rewrite: if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec) { /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */ Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment; unsigned int i; unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0; for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; i < num_segments; i++, segment++) if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && maxpagesize < segment->p_align) { /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */ if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2)) (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\ %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"), ibfd, (long long) segment->p_align); else maxpagesize = segment->p_align; } if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize) bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize); } return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd); } /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, asection *isec, bfd *obfd, asection *osec, struct bfd_link_info *link_info) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info)); if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) return TRUE; BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL); /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been set to something different. For a final link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */ if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL && (osec->flags == isec->flags || (final_link && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags) & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0))) elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec); /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */ elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC)); /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */ if (!final_link) { if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) { if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP) elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP; elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec); elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group; } /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */ if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0) elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_COMPRESSED); } ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it may be NULL at this point. */ if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0) { ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER; elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec); } osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p; return TRUE; } /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize field, and sometimes the info field. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd, asection *isec, bfd *obfd, asection *osec) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr; if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) return TRUE; ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr; ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr; ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize; if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef) ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info; return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec, NULL); } /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called from the linker. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded) { asection *isec; for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next) if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP) { asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec); asection *s = first; bfd_size_type removed = 0; while (s != NULL) { /* If this member section is being output but the SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */ if (s->output_section != discarded && isec->output_section == discarded) { elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP; elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL; } /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */ else if (s->output_section == discarded && isec->output_section != discarded) removed += 4; s = elf_next_in_group (s); if (s == first) break; } if (removed != 0) { if (discarded != NULL) { /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to adjust the input section size. This function may be called multiple times, so save the original size. */ if (isec->rawsize == 0) isec->rawsize = isec->size; isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed; } else { /* Adjust the output section size when called from objcopy. */ isec->output_section->size -= removed; } } } return TRUE; } /* Copy private header information. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) { if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) return TRUE; /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied. This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data entry point, because the latter is called after the section contents have been set, which means that the program headers have already been worked out. */ if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL) { if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd)) return FALSE; } return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL); } /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the swap_out_syms function. */ #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1) #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2) #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3) #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4) #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5) bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd, asymbol *isymarg, bfd *obfd, asymbol *osymarg) { elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym; if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) return TRUE; isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg); osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg); if (isym != NULL && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0 && osym != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section)) { unsigned int shndx; shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd)) shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB; else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd)) shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB; else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd)) shndx = MAP_STRTAB; else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd)) shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB; else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd))) shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX; osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx; } return TRUE; } /* Swap out the symbols. */ static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd, struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp, int relocatable_p) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed; int symcount; asymbol **syms; struct elf_strtab_hash *stt; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr; Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr; struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab; bfd_byte *outbound_syms; bfd_byte *outbound_shndx; unsigned long outbound_syms_index; unsigned long outbound_shndx_index; int idx; unsigned int num_locals; bfd_size_type amt; bfd_boolean name_local_sections; if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals)) return FALSE; /* Dump out the symtabs. */ stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init (); if (stt == NULL) return FALSE; bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd); symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB; symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym; symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1); symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1; symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align; symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr; symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */ symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1) * sizeof (*symstrtab)); if (symstrtab == NULL) { _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt); return FALSE; } outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, bed->s->sizeof_sym); if (outbound_syms == NULL) { error_return: _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt); free (symstrtab); return FALSE; } symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms; outbound_syms_index = 0; outbound_shndx = NULL; outbound_shndx_index = 0; if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)) { symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr; if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0) { amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)); if (outbound_shndx == NULL) goto error_return; symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx; symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX; symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt; symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx); } /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */ } /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */ { /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */ Elf_Internal_Sym sym; sym.st_name = 0; sym.st_value = 0; sym.st_size = 0; sym.st_info = 0; sym.st_other = 0; sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; sym.st_target_internal = 0; symstrtab[0].sym = sym; symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index; symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index; outbound_syms_index++; if (outbound_shndx != NULL) outbound_shndx_index++; } name_local_sections = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd)); syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd); for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;) { Elf_Internal_Sym sym; bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value; elf_symbol_type *type_ptr; flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags; int type; if (!name_local_sections && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM) { /* Local section symbols have no name. */ sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1; } else { /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize to get the final offset for st_name. */ sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name, FALSE); if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) goto error_return; } type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]); if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) { /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field, and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */ sym.st_size = value; if (type_ptr == NULL || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0) sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value)); else sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value; sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, syms[idx]->section); } else { asection *sec = syms[idx]->section; unsigned int shndx; if (sec->output_section) { value += sec->output_offset; sec = sec->output_section; } /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */ if (! relocatable_p) value += sec->vma; sym.st_value = value; sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0; if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec) && type_ptr != NULL && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0) { /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done by copy_private_symbol_data. */ shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx; switch (shndx) { case MAP_ONESYMTAB: shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd); break; case MAP_DYNSYMTAB: shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd); break; case MAP_STRTAB: shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd); break; case MAP_SHSTRTAB: shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd); break; case MAP_SYM_SHNDX: if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)) shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx; break; default: shndx = SHN_ABS; break; } } else { shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec); if (shndx == SHN_BAD) { asection *sec2; /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if we had some decent documentation on bfd, and knew what to expect of the library, and what to demand of applications. For example, it appears that `objcopy' might not set the section of a symbol to be a section that is actually in the output file. */ sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name); if (sec2 == NULL) { _bfd_error_handler (_("\ Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"), syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "", sec->name); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); goto error_return; } shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2); BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD); } } sym.st_shndx = shndx; } if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0) type = STT_TLS; else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0) type = STT_GNU_IFUNC; else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0) type = STT_FUNC; else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0) type = STT_OBJECT; else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0) type = STT_RELC; else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0) type = STT_SRELC; else type = STT_NOTYPE; if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) type = STT_TLS; /* Processor-specific types. */ if (type_ptr != NULL && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type) (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type)); if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) { if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); else sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION); } else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section)) { if (type != STT_TLS) { if ((abfd->flags & BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON)) type = ((abfd->flags & BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON) ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT); else type = ((flags & BSF_ELF_COMMON) != 0 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT); } sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type); } else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section)) sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK) ? STB_WEAK : STB_GLOBAL), type); else if (flags & BSF_FILE) sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE); else { int bind = STB_LOCAL; if (flags & BSF_LOCAL) bind = STB_LOCAL; else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE) bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE; else if (flags & BSF_WEAK) bind = STB_WEAK; else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL) bind = STB_GLOBAL; sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type); } if (type_ptr != NULL) { sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other; sym.st_target_internal = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal; } else { sym.st_other = 0; sym.st_target_internal = 0; } idx++; symstrtab[idx].sym = sym; symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index; symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index; outbound_syms_index++; if (outbound_shndx != NULL) outbound_shndx_index++; } /* Finalize the .strtab section. */ _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt); /* Swap out the .strtab section. */ for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++) { struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx]; if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1) elfsym->sym.st_name = 0; else elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt, elfsym->sym.st_name); bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym, (outbound_syms + (elfsym->dest_index * bed->s->sizeof_sym)), (outbound_shndx + (elfsym->destshndx_index * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx)))); } free (symstrtab); *sttp = stt; symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt); symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB; symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0; symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0; symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0; symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0; symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0; symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1; return TRUE; } /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector. Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */ long _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) { long symcount; long symtab_size; Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); if (symcount > 0) symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); return symtab_size; } long _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) { long symcount; long symtab_size; Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr; if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) { bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); return -1; } symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym; symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *)); if (symcount > 0) symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *); return symtab_size; } long _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, sec_ptr asect) { return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *); } /* Canonicalize the relocs. */ long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section, arelent **relptr, asymbol **symbols) { arelent *tblptr; unsigned int i; const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE)) return -1; tblptr = section->relocation; for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++) *relptr++ = tblptr++; *relptr = NULL; return section->reloc_count; } long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE); if (symcount >= 0) bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount; return symcount; } long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE); if (symcount >= 0) bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount; return symcount; } /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ long _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) { long ret; asection *s; if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) { bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); return -1; } ret = sizeof (arelent *); for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize) * sizeof (arelent *)); return ret; } /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually associated with particular sections; the interface, which was designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */ long _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent **storage, asymbol **syms) { bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); asection *s; long ret; if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0) { bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation); return -1; } slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; ret = 0; for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) { if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd) && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA)) { arelent *p; long count, i; if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE)) return -1; count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize; p = s->relocation; for (i = 0; i < count; i++) *storage++ = p++; ret += count; } } *storage = NULL; return ret; } /* Read in the version information. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver) { bfd_byte *contents = NULL; unsigned int freeidx = 0; if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; Elf_External_Verneed *everneed; Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed; unsigned int i; bfd_byte *contents_end; hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr; if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)) { error_return_bad_verref: (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); error_return_verref: elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL; elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0; goto error_return; } contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); if (contents == NULL) goto error_return_verref; if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) goto error_return_verref; elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed)); if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL) goto error_return_verref; BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed) == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux)); contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed); everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents; iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++) { Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux; Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux; unsigned int j; _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed); iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd; iverneed->vn_filename = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, iverneed->vn_file); if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL) goto error_return_bad_verref; if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0) iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL; else { iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux)); if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL) goto error_return_verref; } if (iverneed->vn_aux > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) goto error_return_bad_verref; evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux)); ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr; for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++) { _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux); ivernaux->vna_nodename = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, ivernaux->vna_name); if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL) goto error_return_bad_verref; if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx) freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other; ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL; if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0) { iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1; break; } if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt) ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1; if (ivernaux->vna_next > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux)) goto error_return_bad_verref; evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *) ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next)); } iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL; if (iverneed->vn_next == 0) break; if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info) iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1; if (iverneed->vn_next > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed)) goto error_return_bad_verref; everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *) ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next)); } elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i; free (contents); contents = NULL; } if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; Elf_External_Verdef *everdef; Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr; Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem; unsigned int i; unsigned int maxidx; bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux; hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr; if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)) { error_return_bad_verdef: (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); error_return_verdef: elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL; elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0; goto error_return; } contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); if (contents == NULL) goto error_return_verdef; if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size) goto error_return_verdef; BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef) >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux)); contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef); contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux); /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find the maximum. */ everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; maxidx = 0; for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i) { _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0) goto error_return_bad_verdef; if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx) maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION); if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0) break; if (iverdefmem.vd_next > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) goto error_return_bad_verdef; everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next)); } if (default_imported_symver) { if (freeidx > maxidx) maxidx = ++freeidx; else freeidx = ++maxidx; } elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) goto error_return_verdef; elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx; everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents; iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++) { Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux; Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; unsigned int j; _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem); if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0) goto error_return_bad_verdef; iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1]; memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd)); iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0) iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL; else { iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)); if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) goto error_return_verdef; } if (iverdef->vd_aux > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef)) goto error_return_bad_verdef; everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux)); iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++) { _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux); iverdaux->vda_nodename = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link, iverdaux->vda_name); if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL) goto error_return_bad_verdef; iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL; if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0) { iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1; break; } if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt) iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1; if (iverdaux->vda_next > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux)) goto error_return_bad_verdef; everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *) ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next)); } iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL; if (iverdef->vd_cnt) iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename; iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; if (iverdef->vd_next == 0) break; if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx) iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1; everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *) ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next)); } free (contents); contents = NULL; } else if (default_imported_symver) { if (freeidx < 3) freeidx = 3; else freeidx++; elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef)); if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL) goto error_return; elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx; } /* Create a default version based on the soname. */ if (default_imported_symver) { Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef; Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux; iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1]; iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT; iverdef->vd_flags = 0; iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx; iverdef->vd_cnt = 1; iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd; iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd); if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL) goto error_return_verdef; iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL; iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux))); if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL) goto error_return_verdef; iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr; iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename; } return TRUE; error_return: if (contents != NULL) free (contents); return FALSE; } asymbol * _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd) { elf_symbol_type *newsym; newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym); if (!newsym) return NULL; newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd; return &newsym->symbol; } void _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asymbol *symbol, symbol_info *ret) { bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret); } /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some override it. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *name) { /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */ if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L') return TRUE; /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */ if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.') return TRUE; /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use, we treat such symbols as local. */ if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_') return TRUE; /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals. These labels have the form: L0^A.* (fake symbols) [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels) Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above, so we only need to match the rest. */ if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1])) { bfd_boolean ret = FALSE; const char * p; char c; for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++) { if (c == 1 || c == 2) { if (c == 1 && p == name + 2) /* A fake symbol. */ return TRUE; /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything other than some kind of local ? */ ret = TRUE; } if (! ISDIGIT (c)) { ret = FALSE; break; } } return ret; } return FALSE; } alent * _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { abort (); return NULL; } bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd, enum bfd_architecture arch, unsigned long machine) { /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this isn't the generic backend, fail. */ if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch && arch != bfd_arch_unknown && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown) return FALSE; return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine); } /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset, for error reporting. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asection *section, bfd_vma offset, const char **filename_ptr, const char **functionname_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr, unsigned int *discriminator_ptr) { bfd_boolean found; if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, dwarf_debug_sections, 0, &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info) || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr)) { if (!*functionname_ptr) _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset, *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr, functionname_ptr); return TRUE; } if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset, &found, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr, &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info)) return FALSE; if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr)) return TRUE; if (symbols == NULL) return FALSE; if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr)) return FALSE; *line_ptr = 0; return TRUE; } /* Find the line for a symbol. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol, const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) { return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0, filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL, dwarf_debug_sections, 0, &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); } /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about each level of function inlining that terminated at the address passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, const char **filename_ptr, const char **functionname_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr) { bfd_boolean found; found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, line_ptr, & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); return found; } int _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr; if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info)) { bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd); if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1) { struct elf_segment_map *m; phdr_size = 0; for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next) phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr; if (phdr_size == 0) phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info); } elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size; ret += phdr_size; } return ret; } bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section, const void *location, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count) { Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; file_ptr pos; if (! abfd->output_has_begun && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL)) return FALSE; if (!count) return TRUE; hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr; if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1) { /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */ unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents; if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0 || contents == NULL) abort (); memcpy (contents + offset, location, count); return TRUE; } pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset; if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count) return FALSE; return TRUE; } void _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { abort (); } /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc) { /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */ if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec) { bfd_reloc_code_real_type code; reloc_howto_type *howto; /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an equivalent ELF reloc. */ if (areloc->howto->pc_relative) { switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) { case 8: code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL; break; case 12: code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL; break; case 16: code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL; break; case 24: code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL; break; case 32: code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL; break; case 64: code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL; break; default: goto fail; } howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset) { if (howto->pcrel_offset) areloc->addend += areloc->address; else areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */ } } else { switch (areloc->howto->bitsize) { case 8: code = BFD_RELOC_8; break; case 14: code = BFD_RELOC_14; break; case 16: code = BFD_RELOC_16; break; case 26: code = BFD_RELOC_26; break; case 32: code = BFD_RELOC_32; break; case 64: code = BFD_RELOC_64; break; default: goto fail; } howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code); } if (howto) areloc->howto = howto; else goto fail; } return TRUE; fail: (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"), abfd, areloc->howto->name); bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); return FALSE; } bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd) { struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd); if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL) { if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL) _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd)); _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info); } return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd); } /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing this reloc. */ bfd_reloc_status_type _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { return bfd_reloc_ok; } /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native toolchains, since we rely on knowing the machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick out details about the corefile. */ #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */ # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1 # include #endif /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */ static int elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd) { int pid; pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid; if (pid == 0) pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid; return pid; } /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or overwrite it. */ static bfd_boolean elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect) { asection *sect2; if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL) return TRUE; sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags); if (sect2 == NULL) return FALSE; sect2->size = sect->size; sect2->filepos = sect->filepos; sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power; return TRUE; } /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This actually creates up to two pseudosections: - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless such a section already exists. - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd). Both pseudosections have identical contents. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, char *name, size_t size, ufile_ptr filepos) { char buf[100]; char *threaded_name; size_t len; asection *sect; /* Build the section name. */ sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); len = strlen (buf) + 1; threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (threaded_name == NULL) return FALSE; memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len); sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; sect->size = size; sect->filepos = filepos; sect->alignment_power = 2; return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect); } /* prstatus_t exists on: solaris 2.5+ linux 2.[01] + glibc unixware 4.2 */ #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { size_t size; int offset; if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t)) { prstatus_t prstat; size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg); memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by another thread. */ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; /* pr_who exists on: solaris 2.5+ unixware 4.2 pr_who doesn't exist on: linux 2.[01] */ #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; #else elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; #endif } #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t)) { /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ prstatus32_t prstat; size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg); offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg); memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat)); /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by another thread. */ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig; if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid; /* pr_who exists on: solaris 2.5+ unixware 4.2 pr_who doesn't exist on: linux 2.[01] */ #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who; #else elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid; #endif } #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */ else { /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other note size (ie. data object type). */ return TRUE; } /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */ return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", size, note->descpos + offset); } #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */ /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */ static bfd_boolean elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd, char *name, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name, note->descsz, note->descpos); } /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms, but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this data structure apart. */ static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); } /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents literally. */ static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); } /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX" with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's contents literally. */ static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note); } #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; #endif #endif #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t; #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */ typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t; #endif #endif /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'. the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */ char * _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max) { char *dups; char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max); size_t len; if (end == NULL) len = max; else len = end - start; dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1); if (dups == NULL) return NULL; memcpy (dups, start, len); dups[len] = '\0'; return dups; } #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t)) { elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo; memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; #endif elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); } #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t)) { /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo; memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo)); #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid; #endif elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname, sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname)); elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs, sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs)); } #endif else { /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other note size (ie. data object type). */ return TRUE; } /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway) implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */ { char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command; int n = strlen (command); if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ') command[n - 1] = '\0'; } return TRUE; } #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */ #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t) #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T) || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t) #endif ) { pstatus_t pstat; memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; } #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t)) { /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */ pstatus32_t pstat; memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat)); elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid; } #endif /* Could grab some more details from the "representative" lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */ return TRUE; } #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */ #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { lwpstatus_t lwpstat; char buf[100]; char *name; size_t len; asection *sect; if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat) #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T) && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t) #endif ) return TRUE; memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat)); elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid; /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by another thread. */ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig; /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); len = strlen (buf) + 1; name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; memcpy (name, buf, len); sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs); #endif #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg); sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg); #endif sect->alignment_power = 2; if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) return FALSE; /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */ sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd)); len = strlen (buf) + 1; name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; memcpy (name, buf, len); sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs); #endif #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG) sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg); sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg); #endif sect->alignment_power = 2; return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect); } #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */ static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { char buf[30]; char *name; size_t len; asection *sect; int type; int is_active_thread; bfd_vma base_addr; if (note->descsz < 728) return TRUE; if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32")) return TRUE; type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata); switch (type) { case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */: /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */ /* process_info.pid */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); /* process_info.signal */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12); break; case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */: /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */ /* thread_info.tid */ sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8)); len = strlen (buf) + 1; name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; memcpy (name, buf, len); sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */ sect->size = 716; /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */ sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12; sect->alignment_power = 2; /* thread_info.is_active_thread */ is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8); if (is_active_thread) if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect)) return FALSE; break; case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */: /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */ /* module_info.base_address */ base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4); sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr); len = strlen (buf) + 1; name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; memcpy (name, buf, len); sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; sect->size = note->descsz; sect->filepos = note->descpos; sect->alignment_power = 2; break; default: return TRUE; } return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); switch (note->type) { default: return TRUE; case NT_PRSTATUS: if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note)) return TRUE; #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note); #else return TRUE; #endif #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) case NT_PSTATUS: return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note); #endif #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) case NT_LWPSTATUS: return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note); #endif case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */ return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note); case NT_WIN32PSTATUS: return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note); case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */ if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */ if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); else if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_PPC_VMX: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_PPC_VSX: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_TIMER: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_TODCMP: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_TODPREG: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_CTRS: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_PREFIX: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_TDB: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_ARM_VFP: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_ARM_TLS: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH: if (note->namesz == 6 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0) return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note); else return TRUE; case NT_PRPSINFO: case NT_PSINFO: if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note)) return TRUE; #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note); #else return TRUE; #endif case NT_AUXV: { asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; sect->size = note->descsz; sect->filepos = note->descpos; sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; return TRUE; } case NT_FILE: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file", note); case NT_SIGINFO: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo", note); case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC: if (note->namesz == 8 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0) return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".thrmisc", note); else return TRUE; } } static bfd_boolean elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { struct bfd_build_id* build_id; if (note->descsz == 0) return FALSE; build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz); if (build_id == NULL) return FALSE; build_id->size = note->descsz; memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); abfd->build_id = build_id; return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { switch (note->type) { default: return TRUE; case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID: return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note); } } static bfd_boolean elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { struct sdt_note *cur = (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note) + note->descsz); cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head; cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz; memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz); elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur; return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { switch (note->type) { case NT_STAPSDT: return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note); default: return TRUE; } } static bfd_boolean elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp) { char *cp; cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@'); if (cp != NULL) { *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1); return TRUE; } return FALSE; } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50); /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31); return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo", note); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { int lwp; if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp)) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp; if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO) { /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to find this note before any of the others, which is fine, since the kernel writes this note out first when it creates a core file. */ return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); } /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't understand it. */ if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH) return TRUE; switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd)) { /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */ case bfd_arch_alpha: case bfd_arch_sparc: switch (note->type) { case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); default: return TRUE; } /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */ default: switch (note->type) { case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); default: return TRUE; } } /* NOTREACHED */ } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08); /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20); /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31); return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO) return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note); if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS) return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note); if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS) return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note); if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS) return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note); if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV) { asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; sect->size = note->descsz; sect->filepos = note->descpos; sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; return TRUE; } if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE) { asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie", SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; sect->size = note->descsz; sect->filepos = note->descpos; sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32; return TRUE; } return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid) { void *ddata = note->descdata; char buf[100]; char *name; asection *sect; short sig; unsigned flags; /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */ elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata); /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */ *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4); /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */ flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8); /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */ if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0) { elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig; elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; } /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current thread just in case. */ if (flags & 0x00000080) elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid; /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */ sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid); name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; strcpy (name, buf); sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; sect->size = note->descsz; sect->filepos = note->descpos; sect->alignment_power = 2; return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect)); } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long tid, char *base) { char buf[100]; char *name; asection *sect; /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */ sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid); name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; strcpy (name, buf); sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; sect->size = note->descsz; sect->filepos = note->descpos; sect->alignment_power = 2; /* This is the current thread. */ if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid) return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect); return TRUE; } #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10 static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs function. */ static long tid = 1; switch (note->type) { case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO: return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note); case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS: return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid); case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG: return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg"); case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG: return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2"); default: return TRUE; } } static bfd_boolean elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note) { char *name; asection *sect; size_t len; /* Use note name as section name. */ len = note->namesz; name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len); if (name == NULL) return FALSE; memcpy (name, note->namedata, len); name[len - 1] = '\0'; sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS); if (sect == NULL) return FALSE; sect->size = note->descsz; sect->filepos = note->descpos; sect->alignment_power = 1; return TRUE; } /* Function: elfcore_write_note Inputs: buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer name of note type of note data for note size of data for note Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same. Return: Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */ char * elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const char *name, int type, const void *input, int size) { Elf_External_Note *xnp; size_t namesz; size_t newspace; char *dest; namesz = 0; if (name != NULL) namesz = strlen (name) + 1; newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4); buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace); if (buf == NULL) return buf; dest = buf + *bufsiz; *bufsiz += newspace; xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest; H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz); H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz); H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type); dest = xnp->name; if (name != NULL) { memcpy (dest, name, namesz); dest += namesz; while (namesz & 3) { *dest++ = '\0'; ++namesz; } } memcpy (dest, input, size); dest += size; while (size & 3) { *dest++ = '\0'; ++size; } return buf; } char * elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const char *fname, const char *psargs) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) { char *ret; ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs); if (ret != NULL) return ret; } #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) { #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) psinfo32_t data; int note_type = NT_PSINFO; #else prpsinfo32_t data; int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; #endif memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); } else #endif { #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) psinfo_t data; int note_type = NT_PSINFO; #else prpsinfo_t data; int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO; #endif memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data)); strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname)); strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs)); return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data)); } #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */ free (buf); return NULL; } char * elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) { struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data; swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data); return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data)); } char * elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo) { struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data; swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data); return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data)); } char * elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, long pid, int cursig, const void *gregs) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL) { char *ret; ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz, NT_PRSTATUS, pid, cursig, gregs); if (ret != NULL) return ret; } #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T) if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) { prstatus32_t prstat; memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); prstat.pr_pid = pid; prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); } else #endif { prstatus_t prstat; memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat)); prstat.pr_pid = pid; prstat.pr_cursig = cursig; memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg)); return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat)); } #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */ free (buf); return NULL; } #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) char * elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, long pid, int cursig, const void *gregs) { lwpstatus_t lwpstat; const char *note_name = "CORE"; memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat)); lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16; lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig; #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG) memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg)); #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT) #if !defined(gregs) memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs)); #else memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs)); #endif #endif return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat)); } #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */ #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) char * elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, long pid, int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { const char *note_name = "CORE"; #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T) const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32) { pstatus32_t pstat; memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); return buf; } else #endif { pstatus_t pstat; memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat)); pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff; buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat)); return buf; } } #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */ char * elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *fpregs, int size) { const char *note_name = "CORE"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size); } char * elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *xfpregs, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size); } char * elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *xfpregs, int size) { char *note_name; if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD) note_name = "FreeBSD"; else note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size); } char * elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *ppc_vmx, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size); } char * elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *ppc_vsx, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size); } static char * elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_high_gprs, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS, s390_high_gprs, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_timer, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_todcmp, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_todpreg, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_ctrs, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_prefix, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_last_break, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK, s390_last_break, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_system_call, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL, s390_system_call, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_tdb, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_vxrs_low, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size); } char * elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *s390_vxrs_high, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH, s390_vxrs_high, size); } char * elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *arm_vfp, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size); } char * elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *aarch_tls, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size); } char * elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *aarch_hw_break, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size); } char * elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const void *aarch_hw_watch, int size) { char *note_name = "LINUX"; return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size); } char * elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz, const char *section, const void *data, int size) { if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0) return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0) return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0) return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0) return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0) return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0) return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0) return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0) return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0) return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0) return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size); return NULL; } static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset) { char *p; p = buf; while (p < buf + size) { /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */ Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p; Elf_Internal_Note in; if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size) return FALSE; in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type); in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz); in.namedata = xnp->name; if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size) return FALSE; in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz); in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4); in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf); if (in.descsz != 0 && (in.descdata >= buf + size || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size)) return FALSE; switch (bfd_get_format (abfd)) { default: return TRUE; case bfd_core: { #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F} struct { const char * string; size_t len; bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *); } grokers[] = { GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note), GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note), GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note), GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note), GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note) }; #undef GROKER_ELEMENT int i; for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;) { if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string, grokers[i].len) == 0) { if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in)) return FALSE; break; } } break; } case bfd_object: if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0) { if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in)) return FALSE; } else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt" && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0) { if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in)) return FALSE; } break; } p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4); } return TRUE; } static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size) { char *buf; if (size <= 0) return TRUE; if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0) return FALSE; buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1); if (buf == NULL) return FALSE; /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */ buf[size] = 0; if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset)) { free (buf); return FALSE; } free (buf); return TRUE; } /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */ /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ long bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd) { if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) { bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); return -1; } return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr); } /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound. Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */ int bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs) { int num_phdrs; if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour) { bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format); return -1; } num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr, num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr)); return num_phdrs; } enum elf_reloc_type_class _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { return reloc_class_normal; } /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a relocation against a local symbol. */ bfd_vma _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, asection **psec, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) { asection *sec = *psec; bfd_vma relocation; relocation = (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + sym->st_value); if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) { rel->r_addend = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, sym->st_value + rel->r_addend); if (sec != *psec) { /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave some info around for --emit-relocs. */ if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0) sec->kept_section = *psec; sec = *psec; } rel->r_addend -= relocation; rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; } return relocation; } bfd_vma _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, asection **psec, bfd_vma addend) { asection *sec = *psec; if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE) return sym->st_value + addend; return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, sym->st_value + addend); } bfd_vma _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec, bfd_vma offset) { switch (sec->sec_info_type) { case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS: return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info, offset); case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME: return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset); default: if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8; offset = sec->size - offset - address_size; } return offset; } } /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file, reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at. The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in the remote memory. */ bfd * bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory (bfd *templ, bfd_vma ehdr_vma, bfd_size_type size, bfd_vma *loadbasep, int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type)) { return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory) (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory); } long _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd, long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, long dynsymcount, asymbol **dynsyms, asymbol **ret) { const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); asection *relplt; asymbol *s; const char *relplt_name; bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean); arelent *p; long count, i, n; size_t size; Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr; char *names; asection *plt; *ret = NULL; if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0) return 0; if (dynsymcount <= 0) return 0; if (!bed->plt_sym_val) return 0; relplt_name = bed->relplt_name; if (relplt_name == NULL) relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"; relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name); if (relplt == NULL) return 0; hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr; if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd) || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA)) return 0; plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); if (plt == NULL) return 0; slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table; if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE)) return -1; count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize; size = count * sizeof (asymbol); p = relplt->relocation; for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) { size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt"); if (p->addend != 0) { #ifdef BFD64 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64); #else size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8; #endif } } s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size); if (s == NULL) return -1; names = (char *) (s + count); p = relplt->relocation; n = 0; for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel) { size_t len; bfd_vma addr; addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p); if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1) continue; *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr; /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */ if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0) s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL; s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC; s->section = plt; s->value = addr - plt->vma; s->name = names; s->udata.p = NULL; len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name); memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len); names += len; if (p->addend != 0) { char buf[30], *a; memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1); names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1; bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend); for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a) ; len = strlen (a); memcpy (names, a, len); names += len; } memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt")); names += sizeof ("@plt"); ++s, ++n; } return n; } /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */ asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section, SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0); void _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd, struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) { Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd); i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi; /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */ if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols) i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU; } /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions. This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */ bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type) { return (type == STT_FUNC || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC); } /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point, otherwise return zero. */ bfd_size_type _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec, bfd_vma *code_off) { bfd_size_type size; if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0 || sym->section != sec) return 0; *code_off = sym->value; size = 0; if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC)) size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size; if (size == 0) size = 1; return size; }